blob: 7032a198141f92e7cbf4fd447fb435e904180e6c [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencercb84e432004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
8 <meta name="description"
9 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendlinga3c6f6b2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling8693ef82009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
27 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
28 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner80d73c72009-10-10 18:26:06 +000034 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling8693ef82009-07-20 02:41:50 +000035 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
36 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendlinga3c6f6b2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000039 </ol>
40 </li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000041 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +000042 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000043 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +000044 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000045 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +000046 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +000047 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +000048 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +000049 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +000050 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +000051 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000052 </ol>
53 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000054 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
55 <ol>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +000056 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +000057 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000058 <ol>
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +000059 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +000060 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
61 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
62 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +000063 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000064 </ol>
65 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000066 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
67 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000068 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000069 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
70 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000071 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +000072 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +000073 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +000074 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000075 </ol>
76 </li>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +000077 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000078 </ol>
79 </li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000080 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +000081 <ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000082 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner361bfcd2009-02-28 18:32:25 +000083 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000084 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
85 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
Chris Lattner2bfd3202009-10-27 21:19:13 +000086 <li><a href="#blockaddress">Addresses of Basic Blocks</a></li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000087 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +000088 <li><a href="#metadata">Embedded Metadata</a></li>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +000089 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000090 </li>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +000091 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
92 <ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000093 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +000094 </ol>
95 </li>
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +000096 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
97 <ol>
98 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner58f9bb22009-07-20 06:14:25 +000099 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
100 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000101 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
102 Global Variable</a></li>
103 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
104 Global Variable</a></li>
105 </ol>
106 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000107 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
108 <ol>
109 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
110 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000111 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
112 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000113 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +0000114 <li><a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000115 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000116 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000117 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000118 </ol>
119 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000120 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
121 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000122 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000127 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000128 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
129 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
130 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000131 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
132 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
133 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000134 </ol>
135 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000136 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
137 <ol>
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000138 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
139 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
140 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000141 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000142 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000143 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000144 </ol>
145 </li>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000146 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
147 <ol>
148 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
149 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
150 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000151 </ol>
152 </li>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000153 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
154 <ol>
155 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
156 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
157 </ol>
158 </li>
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000159 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000160 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000161 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000162 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
163 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
164 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000165 </ol>
166 </li>
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000167 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000168 <ol>
169 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
170 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
171 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
172 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
173 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000174 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
175 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
176 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
177 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000178 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
179 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000180 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000181 </ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000182 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000183 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
184 <ol>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000185 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
186 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000187 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000188 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000189 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000190 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000191 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000192 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000193 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000194 </li>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000195 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000196 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000197 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
198 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000199 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
200 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
201 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000202 </ol>
203 </li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000204 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
205 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000206 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
207 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
208 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000209 </ol>
210 </li>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000211 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
212 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000213 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
214 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
215 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
216 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
217 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
218 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
219 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswellaa1c3c12004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000220 </ol>
221 </li>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000222 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
223 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000224 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
228 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000229 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
230 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
231 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000232 </ol>
233 </li>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000234 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000235 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000236 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000237 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
238 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
239 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000240 </ol>
241 </li>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000242 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
243 <ol>
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000244 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
245 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
246 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
247 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
248 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000249 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000250 </ol>
251 </li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000252 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000253 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000254 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000255 <ol>
256 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000257 </ol>
258 </li>
Bill Wendlingf85850f2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000259 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
260 <ol>
261 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
262 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
263 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
264 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
265 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
266 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
267 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
268 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
269 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
270 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
271 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
272 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
273 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
274 </ol>
275 </li>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000276 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
277 <ol>
278 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
279 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
280 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
281 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
282 </ol>
283 </li>
Reid Spencer5b2cb0f2007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000284 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000285 <ol>
Reid Spencer5b2cb0f2007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000286 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000287 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000288 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000289 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000290 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000291 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
292 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
293 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000294 </ol>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000295 </li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000296 </ol>
297 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000298</ol>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000299
300<div class="doc_author">
301 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
302 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000303</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000304
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000305<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000306<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
307<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000308
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000309<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000310
311<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
312 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
313 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
314 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
315 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
316
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000317</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000318
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000319<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000320<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
321<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000322
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000323<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000324
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000325<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
326 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
327 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
328 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
329 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
330 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
331 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
332 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000333
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000334<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
335 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
336 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
337 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
338 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
339 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
340 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000341 variable is never accessed outside of the current function, allowing it to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000342 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000343
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000344</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000345
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000346<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000347<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000348
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000349<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000350
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000351<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
352 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
353 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
354 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000355
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000356<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000357<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000358%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000359</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000360</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000361
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000362<p>because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its uses. The
363 LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to verify
364 that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run by the
365 parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it outputs
366 bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate bugs in
367 transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000368
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000369</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000370
Chris Lattner87a3dbe2007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000371<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000372
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000373<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000374<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000375<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000376
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000377<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000378
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000379<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
380 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
381 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
382 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
383 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000384
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000385<ol>
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000386 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000387 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
388 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
389 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
390 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
391 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
392 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
393 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000394
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000395 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000396 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000397
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000398 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000399 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000400</ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000401
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000402<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000403 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
404 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
405 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
406 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000407
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000408<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000409 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
410 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
411 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
412 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
413 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
414 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
415 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
416 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000417
418<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000419 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000420
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000421<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000422
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000423<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000424<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000425%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000426</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000427</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000428
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000429<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000430
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000431<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000432<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000433%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000434</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000435</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000436
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000437<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000438
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000439<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000440<pre>
Gabor Greifbd0328f2009-10-28 13:05:07 +0000441%0 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
442%1 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000443%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000444</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000445</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000446
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000447<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
448 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000449
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000450<ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000451 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000452 line.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000453
454 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000455 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000456
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000457 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
458</ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000459
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000460<p>It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000461 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
462 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
463 text.</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000464
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000465</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000466
467<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
468<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
469<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
470
471<!-- ======================================================================= -->
472<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
473</div>
474
475<div class="doc_text">
476
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000477<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
478 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
479 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
480 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
481 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
482 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000483
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000484<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000485<pre>
486<i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant.</i>
487<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000488
489<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000490<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000491
492<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000493define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
494 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
495 %cast210 = <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000496
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000497 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.</i>
498 <a href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
499 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000500</pre>
501</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000502
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000503<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
504 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function, and
505 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
506 "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000507
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000508<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
509 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
510 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
511 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
512 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000513
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000514</div>
515
516<!-- ======================================================================= -->
517<div class="doc_subsection">
518 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
519</div>
520
521<div class="doc_text">
522
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000523<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
524 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000525
526<dl>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000527 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000528 <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by objects
529 in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with an
530 private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
531 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
532 references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
533 object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindola6de96a12009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000534
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000535 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinga3c6f6b2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000536 <dd>Similar to private, but the symbol is passed through the assembler and
Chris Lattnere7f064e2009-08-24 04:32:16 +0000537 removed by the linker after evaluation. Note that (unlike private
538 symbols) linker_private symbols are subject to coalescing by the linker:
539 weak symbols get merged and redefinitions are rejected. However, unlike
540 normal strong symbols, they are removed by the linker from the final
541 linked image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendlinga3c6f6b2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000542
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000543 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000544 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
545 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
546 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000547
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000548 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner184f1be2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000549 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000550 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
551 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
552 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
553 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
554 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
555 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner184f1be2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000556
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000557 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnere20b4702007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000558 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000559 the same name when linkage occurs. This is typically used to implement
560 inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each
561 translation unit that uses it. Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are
562 allowed to be discarded.</dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000563
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000564 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd0554882009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000565 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
566 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
567 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
568 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
569
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000570 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd0554882009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000571 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
572 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
573 global scope.
574 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
575 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattner0aff0b22009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000576 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
577 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
578 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
579 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattnerd0554882009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000580
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000581
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000582 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000583 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000584 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
585 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
586 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
587 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000588
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000589 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000590 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
591 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
592 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000593
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000594 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
595 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000596 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
597 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
598 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule" -
599 "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
600 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
601 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
602 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands12da8ce2009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000603
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000604 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000605 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000606 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
607 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencer7972c472007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000608</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000609
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000610<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
611 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
612 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000613
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000614<dl>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000615 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000616 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000617 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
618 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
619 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
620 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000621
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000622 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000623 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000624 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
625 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
626 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
627 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000628</dl>
629
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000630<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
631 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
632 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
633 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
634 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
635
636<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
637 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
638 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
639
Duncan Sands12da8ce2009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000640<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000641 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
642
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000643</div>
644
645<!-- ======================================================================= -->
646<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000647 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
648</div>
649
650<div class="doc_text">
651
652<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000653 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
654 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
655 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
656 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
657 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000658
659<dl>
660 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000661 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000662 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
663 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
664 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
665 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000666
667 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000668 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000669 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
670 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
671 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
672 (Application Binary Interface). Implementations of this convention should
673 allow arbitrary <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call
674 optimization</a> to be supported. This calling convention does not
675 support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match
676 the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000677
678 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000679 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000680 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
681 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
682 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
683 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
684 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000685
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000686 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000687 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000688 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
689 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000690</dl>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000691
692<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000693 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
694 convention.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000695
696</div>
697
698<!-- ======================================================================= -->
699<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000700 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
701</div>
702
703<div class="doc_text">
704
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000705<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
706 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000707
708<dl>
709 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000710 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000711 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
712 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
713 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
714 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000715
716 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000717 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000718 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
719 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
720 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
721 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000722
Anton Korobeynikov39f3cff2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000723 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov39f3cff2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000724 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000725 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
726 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
727 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000728</dl>
729
730</div>
731
732<!-- ======================================================================= -->
733<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000734 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
735</div>
736
737<div class="doc_text">
738
739<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000740 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
741 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000742
743<div class="doc_code">
744<pre>
745%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
746</pre>
747</div>
748
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000749<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
750 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
751 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000752
753<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000754 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
755 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
756 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
757 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
758 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
759 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
760 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
761 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000762
763</div>
764
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000765<!-- ======================================================================= -->
766<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000767 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
768</div>
769
770<div class="doc_text">
771
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000772<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000773 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
774 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
775 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
776 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
777 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
778 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
779 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
780 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
781 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
782 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000783
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000784<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
785 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
786 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
787 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
788 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
789 definition.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000790
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000791<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
792 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
793 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
794 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
795 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000796
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000797<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
798 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
799 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
800 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
801 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb308121c2007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000802
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000803<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000804 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000805
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000806<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000807 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the
808 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
809 specified, the global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
810 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000811
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000812<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
813 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000814
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000815<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000816<pre>
Dan Gohmanaaa679b2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000817@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000818</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000819</div>
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000820
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000821</div>
822
823
824<!-- ======================================================================= -->
825<div class="doc_subsection">
826 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
827</div>
828
829<div class="doc_text">
830
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000831<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord, an
832 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
833 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
834 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
835 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
836 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
837 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
838 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
839 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
840 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000841
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000842<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
843 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
844 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
845 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
846 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
847 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
848 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000849
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000850<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000851 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
852 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
853 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
854 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000855
Chris Lattnera59fb102007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000856<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000857 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
858 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
859 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
860 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000861
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000862<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000863 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000864
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000865<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000866 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
867 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
868 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
869 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000870
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000871<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000872<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000873<pre>
Chris Lattner0ae02092008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000874define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000875 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
876 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
877 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
878 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
879</pre>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000880</div>
881
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000882</div>
883
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000884<!-- ======================================================================= -->
885<div class="doc_subsection">
886 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
887</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000888
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000889<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000890
891<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
892 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
893 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
894 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000895
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000896<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000897<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000898<pre>
Duncan Sands7e99a942008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000899@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000900</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000901</div>
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000902
903</div>
904
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000905<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000906<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000907
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000908<div class="doc_text">
909
910<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
911 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
912 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
913 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
914 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
915 can have the same function type.</p>
916
917<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
918 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
919 example:</p>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000920
921<div class="doc_code">
922<pre>
Nick Lewyckydac78d82009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000923declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattnerd2597d72008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000924declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
925declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000926</pre>
927</div>
928
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000929<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
930 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000931
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000932<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000933
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000934<dl>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000935 <dt><tt><b>zeroext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000936 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
937 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
938 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000939
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000940 <dt><tt><b>signext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000941 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
942 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
943 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000944
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000945 <dt><tt><b>inreg</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000946 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
947 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
948 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
949 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
950 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000951
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000952 <dt><tt><b><a name="byval">byval</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000953 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
954 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
955 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
956 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
957 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
958 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
959 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
960 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
961 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
962 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
963 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
964 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
965 stack slot.</dd>
966
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000967 <dt><tt><b>sret</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000968 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
969 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
970 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
971 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
972 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
973 for return values. </dd>
974
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000975 <dt><tt><b>noalias</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000976 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
977 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
978 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
979 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
980 caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
981 response in
982 <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
983 analysis</a>.</dd>
984
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000985 <dt><tt><b>nocapture</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000986 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
987 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
988 values.</dd>
989
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000990 <dt><tt><b>nest</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000991 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
992 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
993 attribute for return values.</dd>
994</dl>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000995
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000996</div>
997
998<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000999<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001000 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1001</div>
1002
1003<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001004
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001005<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1006 string:</p>
1007
1008<div class="doc_code">
1009<pre>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001010define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001011</pre>
1012</div>
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001013
1014<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001015 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1016 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1017
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001018</div>
1019
1020<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1021<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001022 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001023</div>
1024
1025<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001026
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001027<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1028 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1029 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1030 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001031
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001032<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1033 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001034
1035<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001036<pre>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001037define void @f() noinline { ... }
1038define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1039define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001040define void @f() optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001041</pre>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001042</div>
1043
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001044<dl>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001045 <dt><tt><b>alwaysinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001046 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1047 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1048 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001049
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001050 <dt><tt><b>inlinehint</b></tt></dt>
Dale Johannesen2aaf5392009-08-26 01:08:21 +00001051 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1052 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1053 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1054
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001055 <dt><tt><b>noinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001056 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1057 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1058 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001059
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001060 <dt><tt><b>optsize</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001061 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1062 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1063 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001064
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001065 <dt><tt><b>noreturn</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001066 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1067 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1068 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendlinga8130172008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001069
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001070 <dt><tt><b>nounwind</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001071 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1072 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1073 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendling0f5541e2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001074
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001075 <dt><tt><b>readnone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001076 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1077 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1078 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1079 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1080 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1081 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1082 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1083 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1084 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel310fd4a2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001085
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001086 <dt><tt><b><a name="readonly">readonly</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001087 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1088 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1089 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1090 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1091 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1092 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1093 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1094 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1095 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc8ce7b082009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001096
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001097 <dt><tt><b><a name="ssp">ssp</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001098 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1099 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1100 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1101 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1102 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1103<br>
1104 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1105 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1106 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1107
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001108 <dt><tt><b>sspreq</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001109 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1110 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001111 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1112<br>
1113 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1114 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1115 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1116 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001117
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001118 <dt><tt><b>noredzone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001119 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1120 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
1121
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001122 <dt><tt><b>noimplicitfloat</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001123 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1124
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001125 <dt><tt><b>naked</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001126 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1127 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001128</dl>
1129
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001130</div>
1131
1132<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1133<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner93564892006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001134 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001135</div>
1136
1137<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001138
1139<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1140 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1141 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1142 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001143
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001144<div class="doc_code">
1145<pre>
1146module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1147module asm "more can go here"
1148</pre>
1149</div>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001150
1151<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1152 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001153 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001154
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001155<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1156 assembly code is generated.</p>
1157
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001158</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001159
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001160<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1161<div class="doc_subsection">
1162 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1163</div>
1164
1165<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001166
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001167<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001168 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1169 simply:</p>
1170
1171<div class="doc_code">
1172<pre>
1173target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1174</pre>
1175</div>
1176
1177<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1178 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1179 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1180 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1181
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001182<dl>
1183 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1184 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001185 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1186
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001187 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001188 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001189 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1190 location.</dd>
1191
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001192 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1193 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001194 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1195 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1196 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1197
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001198 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1199 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001200 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1201
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001202 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1203 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001204 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1205
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001206 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1207 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001208 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1209 (double).</dd>
1210
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001211 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1212 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001213 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1214
Daniel Dunbar7921a592009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001215 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1216 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001217 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001218</dl>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001219
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001220<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001221 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1222 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1223 are given in this list:</p>
1224
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001225<ul>
1226 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
1227 <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
1228 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1229 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1230 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1231 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001232 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001233 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1234 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1235 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1236 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1237 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1238 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar7921a592009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001239 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001240</ul>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001241
1242<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1243 following rules:</p>
1244
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001245<ol>
1246 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001247 specification is used.</li>
1248
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001249 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001250 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1251 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1252 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1253 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1254 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1255 specified).</li>
1256
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001257 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001258 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1259 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1260 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001261</ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001262
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001263</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001264
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001265<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1266<div class="doc_subsection">
1267 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1268</div>
1269
1270<div class="doc_text">
1271
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001272<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolkae39f0332009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001273with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001274is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1275according to the following rules:</p>
1276
1277<ul>
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001278 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1279 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> instruction
1280 is associated with the addresses associated with the first operand
1281 of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1282 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001283 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1284 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1285 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1286 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001287 no address.</li>
1288 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1289 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is associated with all
1290 address ranges of all pointer values that contribute (directly or
1291 indirectly) to the computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1292 <li>The result value of a
1293 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is associated with all
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001294 addresses associated with the operand of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1295 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1296 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1297 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001298 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001299 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
1300 </ul>
1301
1302<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001303<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1304alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
1305interpretation of the value. The first operand of a
1306<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1307and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001308
1309<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1310<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1311LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1312additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1313to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1314
1315</div>
1316
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001317<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001318<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1319<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001320
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001321<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001322
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001323<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001324 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1325 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1326 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1327 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1328 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1329 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001330
1331</div>
1332
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001333<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001334<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001335Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001336
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001337<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001338
1339<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001340
1341<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001342 <tbody>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001343 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001344 <tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001345 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001346 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001347 </tr>
1348 <tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001349 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1350 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001351 </tr>
1352 <tr>
1353 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001354 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1355 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1356 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman08783a882008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001357 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001358 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1359 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001360 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1361 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001362 </td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001363 </tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001364 <tr>
1365 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1366 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1367 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001368 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1369 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001370 </tr>
1371 <tr>
1372 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
1373 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1374 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
1375 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1376 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1377 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1378 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
1379 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1380 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman93bf60d2008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001381 </td>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001382 </tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001383 </tbody>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001384</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001385
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001386<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1387 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001388 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001389
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001390</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001391
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001392<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001393<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner43542b32008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001394
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001395<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001396
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001397<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001398 system.</p>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001399
Chris Lattner43542b32008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001400</div>
1401
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001402<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001403<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1404
1405<div class="doc_text">
1406
1407<h5>Overview:</h5>
1408<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1409 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1410 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1411
1412<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1413<pre>
1414 iN
1415</pre>
1416
1417<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1418 value.</p>
1419
1420<h5>Examples:</h5>
1421<table class="layout">
1422 <tr class="layout">
1423 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1424 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1425 </tr>
1426 <tr class="layout">
1427 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1428 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1429 </tr>
1430 <tr class="layout">
1431 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1432 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1433 </tr>
1434</table>
1435
1436<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large integer types to be
1437 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a return type
1438 the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1439 often 64 bits for 32-bit targets and 128 bits for 64-bit targets.</p>
1440
1441</div>
1442
1443<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001444<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1445
1446<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001447
1448<table>
1449 <tbody>
1450 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1451 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1452 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1453 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1454 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1455 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1456 </tbody>
1457</table>
1458
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001459</div>
1460
1461<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1462<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1463
1464<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001465
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001466<h5>Overview:</h5>
1467<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1468
1469<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001470<pre>
1471 void
1472</pre>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001473
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001474</div>
1475
1476<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1477<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1478
1479<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001480
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001481<h5>Overview:</h5>
1482<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1483
1484<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001485<pre>
1486 label
1487</pre>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001488
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001489</div>
1490
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001491<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1492<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1493
1494<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001495
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001496<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewycky93e06a52009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001497<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1498 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1499 arguments.
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001500
1501<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001502<pre>
1503 metadata
1504</pre>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001505
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001506</div>
1507
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001508
1509<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001510<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001511
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001512<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001513
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001514<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1515 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001516 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1517 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1518 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1519 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001520
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001521</div>
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001522
1523<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001524<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001525
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001526<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001527
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001528<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001529<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001530 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1531 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001532
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001533<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001534<pre>
1535 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1536</pre>
1537
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001538<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1539 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001540
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001541<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001542<table class="layout">
1543 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001544 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1545 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1546 </tr>
1547 <tr class="layout">
1548 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1549 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1550 </tr>
1551 <tr class="layout">
1552 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1553 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001554 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001555</table>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001556<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1557<table class="layout">
1558 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001559 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1560 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1561 </tr>
1562 <tr class="layout">
1563 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1564 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1565 </tr>
1566 <tr class="layout">
1567 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1568 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001569 </tr>
1570</table>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001571
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001572<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1573 length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
1574 LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array). As
1575 a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
1576 length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
1577 type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001578
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001579<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1580 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1581 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1582 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001583
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001584</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001585
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001586<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001587<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001588
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001589<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001590
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001591<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001592<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1593 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
1594 function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type. If the return
1595 type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first class types,
1596 and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Pateld6cff512008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001597
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001598<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001599<pre>
Nick Lewycky14d1ccc2009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001600 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001601</pre>
1602
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001603<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001604 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1605 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1606 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1607 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Nick Lewycky14d1ccc2009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001608 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is a any type except
Nick Lewycky93e06a52009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001609 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001610
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001611<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001612<table class="layout">
1613 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001614 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1615 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001616 </td>
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001617 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer314e1cb2007-07-19 23:13:04 +00001618 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;signext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencer655dcc62006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001619 </tt></td>
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001620 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
1621 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001622 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001623 <tt>float</tt>.
1624 </td>
1625 </tr><tr class="layout">
1626 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
1627 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
Reid Spencer3e628eb92007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001628 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001629 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
1630 LLVM.
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001631 </td>
Devang Patele3dfc1c2008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001632 </tr><tr class="layout">
1633 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky14d1ccc2009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001634 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1635 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patele3dfc1c2008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001636 </td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001637 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001638</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001639
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001640</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001641
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001642<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001643<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001644
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001645<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001646
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001647<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001648<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1649 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1650 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1651 size.</p>
1652
1653<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1654 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1655 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1656
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001657<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001658<pre>
1659 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1660</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001661
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001662<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001663<table class="layout">
1664 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001665 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1666 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1667 </tr><tr class="layout">
1668 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1669 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1670 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1671 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1672 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001673 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001674</table>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001675
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001676<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1677 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1678 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1679 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001680
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001681</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001682
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001683<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001684<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1685</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001686
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001687<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001688
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001689<h5>Overview:</h5>
1690<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001691 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1692 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1693 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1694
1695<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1696 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1697 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1698
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001699<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001700<pre>
1701 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1702</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001703
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001704<h5>Examples:</h5>
1705<table class="layout">
1706 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001707 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1708 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1709 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001710 <td class="left">
1711<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001712 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1713 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1714 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1715 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001716 </tr>
1717</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001718
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001719</div>
1720
1721<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001722<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner4a67c912009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001723
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001724<div class="doc_text">
1725
1726<h5>Overview:</h5>
1727<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or reference to
1728 another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have an optional
1729 address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered address space
1730 where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is zero.</p>
1731
1732<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1733 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner4a67c912009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001734
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001735<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001736<pre>
1737 &lt;type&gt; *
1738</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001739
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001740<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001741<table class="layout">
1742 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman623806e2009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001743 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001744 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1745 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1746 </tr>
1747 <tr class="layout">
1748 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1749 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001750 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001751 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1752 </tr>
1753 <tr class="layout">
1754 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1755 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1756 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001757 </tr>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001758</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001759
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001760</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001761
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001762<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001763<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001764
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001765<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001766
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001767<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001768<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1769 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1770 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
1771 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
1772 of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Vector types are considered
1773 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001774
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001775<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001776<pre>
1777 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1778</pre>
1779
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001780<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1781 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001782
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001783<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001784<table class="layout">
1785 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001786 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1787 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1788 </tr>
1789 <tr class="layout">
1790 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1791 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1792 </tr>
1793 <tr class="layout">
1794 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1795 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001796 </tr>
1797</table>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001798
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001799<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large vector types to be
1800 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a vector
1801 return type codegen can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1802 often a few times longer than a hardware vector register.</p>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001803
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001804</div>
1805
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001806<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1807<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1808<div class="doc_text">
1809
1810<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001811<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001812 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1813 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1814 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001815
1816<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001817<pre>
1818 opaque
1819</pre>
1820
1821<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001822<table class="layout">
1823 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001824 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1825 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001826 </tr>
1827</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001828
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001829</div>
1830
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001831<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1832<div class="doc_subsection">
1833 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1834</div>
1835
1836<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001837
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001838<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001839<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1840 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1841 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1842 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1843 include:</p>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001844
1845<pre>
Chris Lattnerbf1d5452009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001846 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001847 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1848 \1* %z = type %z*
1849</pre>
1850
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001851<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
1852 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
1853 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
1854 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
1855 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001856
1857<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1858<pre>
1859 \&lt;level&gt;
1860</pre>
1861
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001862<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001863
1864<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001865<table class="layout">
1866 <tr class="layout">
1867 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
1868 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
1869 </tr>
1870 <tr class="layout">
1871 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
1872 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
1873 structure.</td>
1874 </tr>
1875</table>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001876
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001877</div>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001878
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001879<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1880<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1881<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1882
1883<div class="doc_text">
1884
1885<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001886 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001887
1888</div>
1889
1890<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001891<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001892
1893<div class="doc_text">
1894
1895<dl>
1896 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001897 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001898 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001899
1900 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001901 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
1902 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
1903 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001904
1905 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001906 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001907 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
1908 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
1909 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
1910 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
1911 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001912
1913 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001914 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001915 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001916</dl>
1917
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001918<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
1919 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
1920 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
1921 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
1922 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
1923 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
1924 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
1925 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
1926 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
1927 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
1928
Dale Johannesencd4a3012009-02-11 22:14:51 +00001929<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001930 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
1931 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
1932 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
1933 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
1934 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
1935 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
1936 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
1937 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
1938 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
1939 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
1940 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
1941
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001942</div>
1943
1944<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner361bfcd2009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001945<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendling972b7202009-07-20 02:32:41 +00001946<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
1947<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001948</div>
1949
1950<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001951
Chris Lattner361bfcd2009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001952<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001953 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001954
1955<dl>
1956 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001957 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001958 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
1959 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
1960 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
1961 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
1962 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1963 type.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001964
1965 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001966 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001967 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
1968 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
1969 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
1970 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1971 type.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001972
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001973 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001974 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001975 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
1976 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
1977 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
1978 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
1979 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001980
1981 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001982 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001983 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
1984 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
1985 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
1986 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +00001987
1988 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky8e2c4f42009-05-30 16:08:30 +00001989 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001990 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
1991 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
1992 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
1993 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001994</dl>
1995
1996</div>
1997
1998<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1999<div class="doc_subsection">
2000 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2001</div>
2002
2003<div class="doc_text">
2004
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002005<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2006 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2007 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2008 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2009 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2010 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002011
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002012<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002013<pre>
Chris Lattner00538a12007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002014@X = global i32 17
2015@Y = global i32 42
2016@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002017</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002018</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002019
2020</div>
2021
2022<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002023<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002024<div class="doc_text">
2025
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002026<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer0f420382009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002027 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002028 Undefined values may be of any type (other than label or void) and be used
2029 anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002030
Chris Lattner92ada5d2009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002031<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002032 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2033 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2034 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002035
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002036
2037<div class="doc_code">
2038<pre>
2039 %A = add %X, undef
2040 %B = sub %X, undef
2041 %C = xor %X, undef
2042Safe:
2043 %A = undef
2044 %B = undef
2045 %C = undef
2046</pre>
2047</div>
2048
2049<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
2050Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
2051
2052<div class="doc_code">
2053<pre>
2054 %A = or %X, undef
2055 %B = and %X, undef
2056Safe:
2057 %A = -1
2058 %B = 0
2059Unsafe:
2060 %A = undef
2061 %B = undef
2062</pre>
2063</div>
2064
2065<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
2066For example, if "%X" has a zero bit, then the output of the 'and' operation will
2067always be a zero, no matter what the corresponding bit from the undef is. As
Chris Lattner92ada5d2009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002068such, it is unsafe to optimize or assume that the result of the and is undef.
2069However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the undef could be 0, and
2070optimize the and to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that all the bits of
2071the undef operand to the or could be set, allowing the or to be folded to
2072-1.</p>
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002073
2074<div class="doc_code">
2075<pre>
2076 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2077 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2078 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2079Safe:
2080 %A = %X (or %Y)
2081 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2082 %C = %Y
2083Unsafe:
2084 %A = undef
2085 %B = undef
2086 %C = undef
2087</pre>
2088</div>
2089
2090<p>This set of examples show that undefined select (and conditional branch)
2091conditions can go "either way" but they have to come from one of the two
2092operands. In the %A example, if %X and %Y were both known to have a clear low
2093bit, then %A would have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the %C example,
2094the optimizer is allowed to assume that the undef operand could be the same as
2095%Y, allowing the whole select to be eliminated.</p>
2096
2097
2098<div class="doc_code">
2099<pre>
2100 %A = xor undef, undef
2101
2102 %B = undef
2103 %C = xor %B, %B
2104
2105 %D = undef
2106 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2107 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2108
2109Safe:
2110 %A = undef
2111 %B = undef
2112 %C = undef
2113 %D = undef
2114 %E = undef
2115 %F = undef
2116</pre>
2117</div>
2118
2119<p>This example points out that two undef operands are not necessarily the same.
2120This can be surprising to people (and also matches C semantics) where they
2121assume that "X^X" is always zero, even if X is undef. This isn't true for a
2122number of reasons, but the short answer is that an undef "variable" can
2123arbitrarily change its value over its "live range". This is true because the
2124"variable" doesn't actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is
2125logically read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed,
Benjamin Kramer0f420382009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002126so the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, %A and %C need
Chris Lattner6760e542009-09-08 15:13:16 +00002127to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with" concept
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002128would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattnera34a7182009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002129
2130<div class="doc_code">
2131<pre>
2132 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2133 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2134Safe:
2135 %A = undef
2136b: unreachable
2137</pre>
2138</div>
2139
2140<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
2141value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like undef) is
2142allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the %A operation
2143can be constant folded to undef because the undef could be an SNaN, and fdiv is
2144not (currently) defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make
2145a more aggressive assumption: because the undef is allowed to be an arbitrary
2146value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
Chris Lattner10ff0c12009-09-08 19:45:34 +00002147has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that the operation
Chris Lattnera34a7182009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002148does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all code after
2149it: since the undefined operation "can't happen", the optimizer can assume that
2150it occurs in dead code.
2151</p>
2152
2153<div class="doc_code">
2154<pre>
2155a: store undef -> %X
2156b: store %X -> undef
2157Safe:
2158a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2159b: unreachable
2160</pre>
2161</div>
2162
2163<p>These examples reiterate the fdiv example: a store "of" an undefined value
2164can be assumed to not have any effect: we can assume that the value is
2165overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there. However, a
2166store "to" an undefined location could clobber arbitrary memory, therefore, it
2167has undefined behavior.</p>
2168
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002169</div>
2170
2171<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner2bfd3202009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002172<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="blockaddress">Addresses of Basic
2173 Blocks</a></div>
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002174<div class="doc_text">
2175
Chris Lattneraa99c942009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002176<p><b><tt>blockaddress(@function, %block)</tt></b></p>
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002177
2178<p>The '<tt>blockaddress</tt>' constant computes the address of the specified
Chris Lattner5c5f0ac2009-10-27 21:49:40 +00002179 basic block in the specified function, and always has an i8* type. Taking
Chris Lattneraa99c942009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002180 the address of the entry block is illegal.</p>
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002181
2182<p>This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002183 '<a href="#i_indirectbr"><tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' instruction or for comparisons
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002184 against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses is undefined
2185 behavior - though, again, comparison against null is ok, and no label is
Chris Lattner2bfd3202009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002186 equal to the null pointer. This may also be passed around as an opaque
2187 pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This allows
Chris Lattnerda37b302009-10-27 21:44:20 +00002188 <tt>ptrtoint</tt> and arithmetic to be performed on these values so long as
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002189 the original value is reconstituted before the <tt>indirectbr</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner2bfd3202009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002190
2191<p>Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002192 using the value as the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target
2193 specific.
2194 </p>
2195
2196</div>
2197
2198
2199<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002200<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2201</div>
2202
2203<div class="doc_text">
2204
2205<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002206 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2207 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2208 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2209 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002210
2211<dl>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002212 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002213 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2214 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002215
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002216 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002217 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2218 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2219 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002220
2221 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002222 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2223 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2224 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002225
2226 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002227 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2228 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2229 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002230
2231 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002232 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2233 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2234 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002235
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00002236 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002237 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002238 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2239 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2240 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2241 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002242
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002243 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002244 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002245 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2246 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2247 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2248 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002249
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002250 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002251 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002252 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2253 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2254 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2255 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002256
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002257 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002258 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002259 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2260 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2261 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2262 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002263
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002264 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
2265 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002266 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2267 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2268 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002269
2270 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002271 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2272 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2273 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2274 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002275
2276 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner789dee32009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002277 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2278 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2279 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002280
2281 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Dan Gohman1639c392009-07-27 21:53:46 +00002282 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002283 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002284 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2285 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2286 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002287
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002288 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002289 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer9965ee72006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002290
2291 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2292 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2293
2294 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2295 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002296
2297 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002298 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2299 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002300
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00002301 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002302 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2303 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattner016a0e52006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002304
2305 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002306 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2307 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattner016a0e52006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002308
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002309 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002310 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2311 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2312 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2313 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2314 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002315</dl>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002316
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002317</div>
Chris Lattnerb1652612004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002318
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002319<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2320<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Embedded Metadata</a>
2321</div>
2322
2323<div class="doc_text">
2324
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002325<p>Embedded metadata provides a way to attach arbitrary data to the instruction
2326 stream without affecting the behaviour of the program. There are two
2327 metadata primitives, strings and nodes. All metadata has the
2328 <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a preceding exclamation
2329 point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002330
2331<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002332 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2333 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002334
2335<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
Benjamin Kramer0f420382009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002336 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002337 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2338 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002339
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002340<p>A metadata node will attempt to track changes to the values it holds. In the
2341 event that a value is deleted, it will be replaced with a typeless
2342 "<tt>null</tt>", such as "<tt>metadata !{null, i32 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewyckyb8f9b7a2009-05-10 20:57:05 +00002343
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002344<p>Optimizations may rely on metadata to provide additional information about
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002345 the program that isn't available in the instructions, or that isn't easily
2346 computable. Similarly, the code generator may expect a certain metadata
2347 format to be used to express debugging information.</p>
2348
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002349</div>
2350
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002351<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002352<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2353<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2354
2355<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2356<div class="doc_subsection">
2357<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2358</div>
2359
2360<div class="doc_text">
2361
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002362<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2363 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2364 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2365 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen63c94fe2009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002366 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen1cfb9582009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002367 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2368 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2369 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002370
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002371<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002372<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002373i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002374</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002375</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002376
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002377<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2378 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2379 have:</p>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002380
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002381<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002382<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002383%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002384</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002385</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002386
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002387<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2388 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2389 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002390
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002391<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002392<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002393call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002394</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002395</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002396
Dale Johannesen1cfb9582009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002397<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2398 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2399 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2400 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2401 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2402 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen63c94fe2009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002403
2404<div class="doc_code">
2405<pre>
Dale Johannesen1cfb9582009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002406call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen63c94fe2009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002407</pre>
2408</div>
2409
2410<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2411 first.</p>
2412
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002413<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002414 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2415 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2416 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002417
2418</div>
2419
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002420
2421<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2422<div class="doc_section">
2423 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2424</div>
2425<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2426
2427<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2428code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner58f9bb22009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002429of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2430section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2431by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002432
2433<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2434<div class="doc_subsection">
2435<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2436</div>
2437
2438<div class="doc_text">
2439
2440<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2441href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2442pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2443cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2444
2445<pre>
2446 @X = global i8 4
2447 @Y = global i32 123
2448
2449 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2450 i8* @X,
2451 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2452 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2453</pre>
2454
2455<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2456compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2457a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2458internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2459list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2460inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2461"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2462
2463<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2464object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2465
2466</div>
2467
2468<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2469<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner58f9bb22009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002470<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2471</div>
2472
2473<div class="doc_text">
2474
2475<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2476<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2477touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2478linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2479by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2480
2481<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2482should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2483
2484</div>
2485
2486<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2487<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002488<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2489</div>
2490
2491<div class="doc_text">
2492
2493<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2494
2495</div>
2496
2497<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2498<div class="doc_subsection">
2499<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2500</div>
2501
2502<div class="doc_text">
2503
2504<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2505
2506</div>
2507
2508
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002509<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002510<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2511<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002512
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002513<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002514
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002515<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2516 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2517 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2518 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2519 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2520 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002521
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002522</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002523
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002524<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002525<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2526Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002527
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002528<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002529
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002530<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2531 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2532 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2533 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2534 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2535 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2536
2537<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the
2538 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2539 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2540 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
Bill Wendling33fef7e2009-11-02 00:25:26 +00002541 '<a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' Instruction, the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002542 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2543 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2544 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002545
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002546</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002547
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002548<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002549<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2550Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002551
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002552<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002553
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002554<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002555<pre>
2556 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002557 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002558</pre>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002559
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002560<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002561<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2562 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2563
2564<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2565 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2566 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002567
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002568<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002569<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2570 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2571 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002572
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002573<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2574 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2575 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2576 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2577 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002578
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002579<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002580<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2581 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2582 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2583 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2584 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2585 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2586 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2587 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002588
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002589<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002590<pre>
2591 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002592 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling050ee8f2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002593 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002594</pre>
Dan Gohman3065b612009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002595
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00002596<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support large
2597 return values. The specific sizes that are currently supported are
2598 dependent on the target. For integers, on 32-bit targets the limit
2599 is often 64 bits, and on 64-bit targets the limit is often 128 bits.
2600 For aggregate types, the current limits are dependent on the element
2601 types; for example targets are often limited to 2 total integer
2602 elements and 2 total floating-point elements.</p>
Dan Gohman3065b612009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002603
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002604</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002605<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002606<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002607
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002608<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002609
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002610<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002611<pre>
2612 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002613</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002614
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002615<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002616<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2617 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2618 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2619 branch.</p>
2620
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002621<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002622<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2623 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2624 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2625 target.</p>
2626
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002627<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002628<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002629 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2630 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2631 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2632
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002633<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002634<pre>
2635Test:
2636 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2637 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2638IfEqual:
2639 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2640IfUnequal:
2641 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2642</pre>
2643
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002644</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002645
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002646<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002647<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2648 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2649</div>
2650
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002651<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002652
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002653<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002654<pre>
2655 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2656</pre>
2657
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002658<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002659<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002660 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2661 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2662 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002663
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002664<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002665<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002666 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2667 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2668 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002669
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002670<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002671<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002672 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2673 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer0f420382009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002674 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2675 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002676
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002677<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002678<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002679 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2680 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2681 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002682
2683<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002684<pre>
2685 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002686 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman623806e2009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002687 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002688
2689 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002690 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002691
2692 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman623806e2009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002693 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2694 i32 1, label %onone
2695 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002696</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002697
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002698</div>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002699
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002700
2701<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2702<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002703 <a name="i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002704</div>
2705
2706<div class="doc_text">
2707
2708<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2709<pre>
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002710 indirectbr &lt;somety&gt;* &lt;address&gt;, [ label &lt;dest1&gt;, label &lt;dest2&gt;, ... ]
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002711</pre>
2712
2713<h5>Overview:</h5>
2714
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002715<p>The '<tt>indirectbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002716 within the current function, whose address is specified by
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002717 "<tt>address</tt>". Address must be derived from a <a
2718 href="#blockaddress">blockaddress</a> constant.</p>
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002719
2720<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2721
2722<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
2723 rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
2724 address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
2725 destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
2726
2727<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
2728 understanding of the CFG.</p>
2729
2730<h5>Semantics:</h5>
2731
2732<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
2733 possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
2734 instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
2735 defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
2736
2737<h5>Implementation:</h5>
2738
2739<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
2740
2741<h5>Example:</h5>
2742<pre>
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002743 indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002744</pre>
2745
2746</div>
2747
2748
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002749<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002750<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2751 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
2752</div>
2753
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002754<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002755
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002756<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002757<pre>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002758 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner6b7a0082006-05-14 18:23:06 +00002759 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002760</pre>
2761
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002762<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002763<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002764 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
2765 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
2766 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
2767 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
2768 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
2769 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
2770 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002771
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002772<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002773<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002774
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002775<ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002776 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
2777 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
2778 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002779
2780 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002781 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
2782 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002783
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002784 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002785 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
2786 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
2787 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002788
2789 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002790 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002791
2792 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002793 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the
2794 function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can
2795 be specified.</li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002796
2797 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002798 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002799
2800 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002801 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002802
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002803 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002804 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
2805 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002806</ol>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002807
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002808<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002809<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
2810 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
2811 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
2812 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002813
2814<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002815 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
2816 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
2817 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002818
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002819<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
2820 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
2821 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
2822 available.</p>
Dan Gohman9069d892009-05-22 21:47:08 +00002823
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002824<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002825<pre>
Nick Lewycky084ab472008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002826 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002827 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewycky084ab472008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002828 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002829 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002830</pre>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002831
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002832</div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002833
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002834<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002835
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002836<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
2837Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002838
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002839<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002840
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002841<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002842<pre>
2843 unwind
2844</pre>
2845
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002846<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002847<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002848 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
2849 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
2850 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002851
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002852<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerfe8519c2008-04-19 21:01:16 +00002853<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002854 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
2855 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
2856 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
2857 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
2858 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
2859
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002860</div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002861
2862<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2863
2864<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
2865Instruction</a> </div>
2866
2867<div class="doc_text">
2868
2869<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2870<pre>
2871 unreachable
2872</pre>
2873
2874<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002875<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002876 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
2877 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
2878 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002879
2880<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002881<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002882
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002883</div>
2884
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002885<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002886<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002887
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002888<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002889
2890<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
2891 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
2892 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
2893 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
2894 has the same type as its operands.</p>
2895
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002896<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002897
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002898</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002899
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002900<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002901<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2902 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
2903</div>
2904
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002905<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002906
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002907<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002908<pre>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002909 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohman957b1312009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002910 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2911 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2912 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002913</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002914
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002915<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002916<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002917
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002918<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002919<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
2920 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2921 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002922
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002923<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002924<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002925
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002926<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
2927 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002928
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002929<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2930 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002931
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002932<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2933 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2934 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
2935 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002936
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002937<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002938<pre>
2939 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002940</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002941
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002942</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002943
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002944<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002945<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002946 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
2947</div>
2948
2949<div class="doc_text">
2950
2951<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002952<pre>
2953 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2954</pre>
2955
2956<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002957<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
2958
2959<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002960<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002961 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2962 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002963
2964<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002965<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
2966
2967<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002968<pre>
2969 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
2970</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002971
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002972</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002973
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002974<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2975<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002976 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
2977</div>
2978
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002979<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002980
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002981<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002982<pre>
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002983 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohman957b1312009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002984 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2985 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2986 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002987</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002988
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002989<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002990<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002991 operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002992
2993<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002994 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
2995 representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002996
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002997<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002998<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
2999 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3000 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003001
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003002<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003003<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003004
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003005<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003006 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
3007 result.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003008
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003009<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3010 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003011
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003012<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3013 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3014 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
3015 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003016
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003017<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003018<pre>
3019 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003020 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003021</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003022
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003023</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003024
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003025<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003026<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003027 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3028</div>
3029
3030<div class="doc_text">
3031
3032<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003033<pre>
3034 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3035</pre>
3036
3037<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003038<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003039 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003040
3041<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003042 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3043 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003044
3045<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling972b7202009-07-20 02:32:41 +00003046<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003047 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3048 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003049
3050<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003051<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
3052
3053<h5>Example:</h5>
3054<pre>
3055 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
3056 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
3057</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003058
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003059</div>
3060
3061<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3062<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003063 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3064</div>
3065
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003066<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003067
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003068<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003069<pre>
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003070 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohman957b1312009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003071 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3072 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3073 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003074</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003075
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003076<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003077<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003078
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003079<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003080<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3081 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3082 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003083
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003084<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003085<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003086
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003087<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3088 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3089 width of the result.</p>
3090
3091<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3092 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3093 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3094 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3095 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3096 product.</p>
3097
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003098<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3099 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3100 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
3101 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003102
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003103<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003104<pre>
3105 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003106</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003107
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003108</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003109
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003110<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003111<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3112 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3113</div>
3114
3115<div class="doc_text">
3116
3117<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003118<pre>
3119 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003120</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003121
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003122<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003123<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003124
3125<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003126<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003127 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3128 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003129
3130<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003131<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3132
3133<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003134<pre>
3135 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003136</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003137
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003138</div>
3139
3140<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003141<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3142</a></div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003143
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003144<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003145
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003146<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003147<pre>
3148 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003149</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003150
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003151<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003152<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003153
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003154<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3155<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003156 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3157 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003158
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003159<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003160<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003161
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003162<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003163 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3164
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003165<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003166
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003167<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003168<pre>
3169 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003170</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003171
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003172</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003173
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003174<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3175<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3176</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003177
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003178<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003179
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003180<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003181<pre>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003182 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohman957b1312009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003183 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003184</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003185
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003186<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003187<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003188
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003189<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003190<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003191 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3192 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003193
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003194<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003195<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3196 towards zero.</p>
3197
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003198<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003199 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3200
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003201<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003202 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3203 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3204
Dan Gohman71dfd782009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003205<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
3206 <tt>sdiv</tt> is undefined if the result would be rounded or if overflow
3207 would occur.</p>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003208
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003209<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003210<pre>
3211 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003212</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003213
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003214</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003215
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003216<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3217<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003218Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003219
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003220<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003221
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003222<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003223<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003224 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003225</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003226
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003227<h5>Overview:</h5>
3228<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003229
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003230<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003231<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003232 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3233 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003234
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003235<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003236<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003237
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003238<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003239<pre>
3240 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003241</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003242
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003243</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003244
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003245<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003246<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3247</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003248
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003249<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003250
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003251<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003252<pre>
3253 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003254</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003255
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003256<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003257<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3258 division of its two arguments.</p>
3259
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003260<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003261<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003262 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3263 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3264
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003265<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3266<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003267 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3268 remainder.</p>
3269
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003270<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003271 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3272
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003273<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003274
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003275<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003276<pre>
3277 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003278</pre>
3279
3280</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003281
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003282<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003283<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3284 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3285</div>
3286
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003287<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003288
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003289<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003290<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003291 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003292</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003293
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003294<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003295<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3296 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3297 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3298 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb8f816e2008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003299
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003300<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003301<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003302 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3303 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003304
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003305<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003306<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003307 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3308 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3309 a value. For more information about the difference,
3310 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3311 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3312 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3313 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3314
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003315<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003316 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3317
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003318<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003319 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3320 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3321 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3322 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3323 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3324
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003325<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003326<pre>
3327 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003328</pre>
3329
3330</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003331
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003332<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003333<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3334 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3335
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003336<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003337
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003338<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003339<pre>
3340 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003341</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003342
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003343<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003344<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3345 its two operands.</p>
3346
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003347<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3348<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003349 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3350 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003351
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003352<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003353<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3354 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003355
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003356<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003357<pre>
3358 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003359</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003360
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003361</div>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003362
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003363<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3364<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3365Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003366
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003367<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003368
3369<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3370 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3371 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3372 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3373 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3374
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003375</div>
3376
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003377<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3378<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3379Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003380
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003381<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003382
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003383<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003384<pre>
3385 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003386</pre>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003387
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003388<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003389<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3390 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003391
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003392<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003393<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3394 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3395 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003396
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003397<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003398<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3399 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3400 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3401 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3402 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3403 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003404
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003405<h5>Example:</h5>
3406<pre>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003407 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3408 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3409 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003410 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wang4dd832d2008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003411 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003412</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003413
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003414</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003415
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003416<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3417<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3418Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003419
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003420<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003421
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003422<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003423<pre>
3424 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003425</pre>
3426
3427<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003428<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3429 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003430
3431<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3432<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003433 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3434 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003435
3436<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3437<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003438 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3439 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3440 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3441 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3442 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003443
3444<h5>Example:</h5>
3445<pre>
3446 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3447 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3448 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3449 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003450 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wang4dd832d2008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003451 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003452</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003453
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003454</div>
3455
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003456<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003457<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3458Instruction</a> </div>
3459<div class="doc_text">
3460
3461<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003462<pre>
3463 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003464</pre>
3465
3466<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003467<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3468 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3469 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003470
3471<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3472<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003473 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3474 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003475
3476<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003477<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3478 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3479 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3480 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3481 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3482 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003483
3484<h5>Example:</h5>
3485<pre>
3486 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3487 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3488 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3489 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003490 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wang4dd832d2008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003491 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003492</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003493
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003494</div>
3495
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003496<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003497<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3498Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003499
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003500<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003501
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003502<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003503<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003504 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003505</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003506
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003507<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003508<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3509 operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003510
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003511<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003512<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003513 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3514 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003515
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003516<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003517<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003518
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003519<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003520 <tbody>
3521 <tr>
3522 <td>In0</td>
3523 <td>In1</td>
3524 <td>Out</td>
3525 </tr>
3526 <tr>
3527 <td>0</td>
3528 <td>0</td>
3529 <td>0</td>
3530 </tr>
3531 <tr>
3532 <td>0</td>
3533 <td>1</td>
3534 <td>0</td>
3535 </tr>
3536 <tr>
3537 <td>1</td>
3538 <td>0</td>
3539 <td>0</td>
3540 </tr>
3541 <tr>
3542 <td>1</td>
3543 <td>1</td>
3544 <td>1</td>
3545 </tr>
3546 </tbody>
3547</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003548
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003549<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003550<pre>
3551 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003552 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3553 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003554</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003555</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003556<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003557<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003558
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003559<div class="doc_text">
3560
3561<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3562<pre>
3563 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3564</pre>
3565
3566<h5>Overview:</h5>
3567<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3568 two operands.</p>
3569
3570<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003571<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003572 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3573 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3574
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003575<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003576<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003577
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003578<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3579 <tbody>
3580 <tr>
3581 <td>In0</td>
3582 <td>In1</td>
3583 <td>Out</td>
3584 </tr>
3585 <tr>
3586 <td>0</td>
3587 <td>0</td>
3588 <td>0</td>
3589 </tr>
3590 <tr>
3591 <td>0</td>
3592 <td>1</td>
3593 <td>1</td>
3594 </tr>
3595 <tr>
3596 <td>1</td>
3597 <td>0</td>
3598 <td>1</td>
3599 </tr>
3600 <tr>
3601 <td>1</td>
3602 <td>1</td>
3603 <td>1</td>
3604 </tr>
3605 </tbody>
3606</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003607
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003608<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003609<pre>
3610 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003611 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3612 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003613</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003614
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003615</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003616
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003617<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003618<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3619Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003620
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003621<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003622
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003623<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003624<pre>
3625 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003626</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003627
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003628<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003629<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3630 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3631 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3632
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003633<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003634<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003635 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3636 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003637
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003638<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003639<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003640
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003641<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3642 <tbody>
3643 <tr>
3644 <td>In0</td>
3645 <td>In1</td>
3646 <td>Out</td>
3647 </tr>
3648 <tr>
3649 <td>0</td>
3650 <td>0</td>
3651 <td>0</td>
3652 </tr>
3653 <tr>
3654 <td>0</td>
3655 <td>1</td>
3656 <td>1</td>
3657 </tr>
3658 <tr>
3659 <td>1</td>
3660 <td>0</td>
3661 <td>1</td>
3662 </tr>
3663 <tr>
3664 <td>1</td>
3665 <td>1</td>
3666 <td>0</td>
3667 </tr>
3668 </tbody>
3669</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003670
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003671<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003672<pre>
3673 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003674 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3675 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3676 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003677</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003678
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003679</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003680
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003681<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003682<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003683 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3684</div>
3685
3686<div class="doc_text">
3687
3688<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003689 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3690 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3691 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3692 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3693 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003694
3695</div>
3696
3697<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3698<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3699 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3700</div>
3701
3702<div class="doc_text">
3703
3704<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003705<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003706 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003707</pre>
3708
3709<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003710<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
3711 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003712
3713
3714<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003715<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3716 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
3717 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
3718 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003719
3720<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003721<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
3722 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
3723 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3724 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003725
3726<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003727<pre>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003728 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003729</pre>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003730
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003731</div>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003732
3733<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3734<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3735 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3736</div>
3737
3738<div class="doc_text">
3739
3740<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003741<pre>
Dan Gohman43ba0672008-05-12 23:38:42 +00003742 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003743</pre>
3744
3745<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003746<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
3747 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003748
3749<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003750<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3751 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
3752 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
3753 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
3754 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003755
3756<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003757<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
3758 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
3759 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3760 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003761
3762<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003763<pre>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003764 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003765</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003766
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003767</div>
3768
3769<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3770<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3771 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
3772</div>
3773
3774<div class="doc_text">
3775
3776<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003777<pre>
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003778 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003779</pre>
3780
3781<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003782<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
3783 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
3784 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003785
3786<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003787<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
3788 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
3789 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
3790 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
3791 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003792
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003793<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
3794 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003795
3796<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003797<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
3798 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
3799 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
3800 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
3801 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003802
3803<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003804<pre>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003805 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003806 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003807 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003808 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003809 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003810 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003811 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003812 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003813</pre>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003814
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003815</div>
Tanya Lattnerb138bbe2006-04-14 19:24:33 +00003816
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003817<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3818<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003819 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
3820</div>
3821
3822<div class="doc_text">
3823
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003824<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003825
3826</div>
3827
3828<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3829<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3830 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3831</div>
3832
3833<div class="doc_text">
3834
3835<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003836<pre>
3837 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
3838</pre>
3839
3840<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003841<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field
3842 or array element from an aggregate value.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003843
3844<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003845<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3846 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3847 operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract in a similar
3848 manner as indices in a
3849 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003850
3851<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003852<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
3853 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003854
3855<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003856<pre>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003857 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003858</pre>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003859
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003860</div>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003861
3862<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3863<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3864 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3865</div>
3866
3867<div class="doc_text">
3868
3869<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003870<pre>
Dan Gohman1ecaf452008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003871 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003872</pre>
3873
3874<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003875<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a struct field or
3876 array element in an aggregate.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003877
3878
3879<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003880<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3881 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3882 second operand is a first-class value to insert. The following operands are
3883 constant indices indicating the position at which to insert the value in a
3884 similar manner as indices in a
3885 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
3886 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
3887 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003888
3889<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003890<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
3891 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
3892 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003893
3894<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003895<pre>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00003896 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32, float}</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003897</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003898
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003899</div>
3900
3901
3902<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3903<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +00003904 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003905</div>
3906
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003907<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003908
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003909<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
3910 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00003911 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003912 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003913
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003914</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003915
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003916<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003917<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003918 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
3919</div>
3920
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003921<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003922
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003923<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003924<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003925 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003926</pre>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003927
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003928<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003929<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003930 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
3931 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
3932 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003933
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003934<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003935<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
3936 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
3937 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
3938 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
3939 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
3940 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
3941 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
3942 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
3943 type.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003944
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003945<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003946
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003947<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling9ee6a312009-05-08 20:49:29 +00003948<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003949 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
3950 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
3951 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
3952 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
3953 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
3954 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
3955 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003956
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003957<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003958<pre>
Dan Gohman7a5acb52009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003959 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3960 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3961 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3962 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003963</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003964
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003965</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003966
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003967<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003968<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
3969Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003970
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003971<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003972
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003973<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003974<pre>
3975 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3976 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3977</pre>
3978
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003979<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003980<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003981
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003982<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003983<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
3984 from which to load. The pointer must point to
3985 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
3986 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
3987 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
3988 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
3989 instructions. </p>
3990
3991<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
3992 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
3993 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
3994 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
3995 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
3996 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
3997 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
3998
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003999<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004000<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
4001 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
4002 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
4003 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
4004 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
4005 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
4006 same type.</p>
4007
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004008<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004009<pre>
4010 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4011 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004012 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004013</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004014
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004015</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004016
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004017<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004018<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
4019Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004020
Reid Spencera89fb182006-11-09 21:18:01 +00004021<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004022
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004023<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004024<pre>
4025 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Christopher Lambbff50202007-04-21 08:16:25 +00004026 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004027</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004028
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004029<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004030<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004031
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004032<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004033<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
4034 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
4035 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
4036 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
4037 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked
4038 as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number
4039 or order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other
4040 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
4041 instructions.</p>
4042
4043<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4044 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4045 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4046 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4047 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4048 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4049 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4050
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004051<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004052<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
4053 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
4054 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
4055 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
4056 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
4057 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
4058 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
4059 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
4060
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004061<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004062<pre>
4063 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8830ffe2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00004064 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
4065 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004066</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004067
Reid Spencer443460a2006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004068</div>
4069
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004070<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004071<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4072 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
4073</div>
4074
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004075<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004076
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004077<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004078<pre>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004079 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohman1639c392009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004080 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004081</pre>
4082
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004083<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004084<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
4085 subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation
4086 only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004087
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004088<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004089<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnera40b9122009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004090 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004091 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4092 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4093 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4094 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4095 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
4096 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors
4097 and structs. Note that subsequent types being indexed into can never be
4098 pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before continuing
4099 calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004100
4101<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattnera40b9122009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004102 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004103 <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer or
Chris Lattnera40b9122009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004104 vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
4105 constant.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004106
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004107<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4108 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004109
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004110<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004111<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004112struct RT {
4113 char A;
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004114 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004115 char C;
4116};
4117struct ST {
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004118 int X;
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004119 double Y;
4120 struct RT Z;
4121};
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004122
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004123int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004124 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4125}
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004126</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004127</div>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004128
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004129<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004130
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004131<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004132<pre>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004133%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4134%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004135
Dan Gohman6b867702009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004136define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004137entry:
4138 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4139 ret i32* %reg
4140}
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004141</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004142</div>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004143
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004144<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004145<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004146 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4147 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4148 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4149 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4150 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4151 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4152 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4153 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004154
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004155<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4156 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4157 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004158
4159<pre>
Dan Gohman6b867702009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004160 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004161 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004162 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4163 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004164 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4165 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4166 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004167 }
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004168</pre>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004169
Dan Gohman1639c392009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004170<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman61acaaa2009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004171 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is undefined if the base pointer is not an
4172 <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object, or if any of the addresses
Dan Gohman2de532c2009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004173 that would be formed by successive addition of the offsets implied by the
4174 indices to the base address with infinitely precise arithmetic are not an
4175 <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated object.
Dan Gohman61acaaa2009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004176 The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all the addresses
Dan Gohman2de532c2009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004177 that point into the object, plus the address one byte past the end.</p>
Dan Gohman1639c392009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004178
4179<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4180 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4181 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4182 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4183 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4184 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4185 section for more information.</p>
4186
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004187<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4188 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004189
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004190<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004191<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004192 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004193 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4194 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004195 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004196 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4197 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta0c155e62009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004198 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta77abea02009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004199 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004200</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004201
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004202</div>
Reid Spencer443460a2006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004203
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004204<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004205<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004206</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004207
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004208<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004209
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004210<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004211 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4212 conversions on the operand.</p>
4213
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004214</div>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004215
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004216<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004217<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004218 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4219</div>
4220<div class="doc_text">
4221
4222<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4223<pre>
4224 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4225</pre>
4226
4227<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004228<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4229 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004230
4231<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004232<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4233 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4234 size and type of the result, which must be
4235 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4236 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4237 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004238
4239<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004240<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4241 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4242 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4243 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004244
4245<h5>Example:</h5>
4246<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004247 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004248 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
Gabor Greiff50fd572009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004249 %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004250</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004251
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004252</div>
4253
4254<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4255<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4256 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4257</div>
4258<div class="doc_text">
4259
4260<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4261<pre>
4262 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4263</pre>
4264
4265<h5>Overview:</h5>
4266<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004267 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004268
4269
4270<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4271<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004272 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4273 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4274 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4275 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004276
4277<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4278<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004279 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004280
Reid Spencer07c9c682007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004281<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004282
4283<h5>Example:</h5>
4284<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004285 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004286 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004287</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004288
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004289</div>
4290
4291<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4292<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4293 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4294</div>
4295<div class="doc_text">
4296
4297<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4298<pre>
4299 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4300</pre>
4301
4302<h5>Overview:</h5>
4303<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4304
4305<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004306<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
4307 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4308 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4309 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4310 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004311
4312<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004313<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4314 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4315 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004316
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004317<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004318
4319<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004320<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004321 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004322 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004323</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004324
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004325</div>
4326
4327<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4328<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004329 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4330</div>
4331
4332<div class="doc_text">
4333
4334<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004335<pre>
4336 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4337</pre>
4338
4339<h5>Overview:</h5>
4340<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004341 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004342
4343<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4344<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004345 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4346 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
4347 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
4348 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004349
4350<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004351<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
4352 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
4353 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4354 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4355 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004356
4357<h5>Example:</h5>
4358<pre>
4359 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4360 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4361</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004362
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004363</div>
4364
4365<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4366<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004367 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4368</div>
4369<div class="doc_text">
4370
4371<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4372<pre>
4373 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4374</pre>
4375
4376<h5>Overview:</h5>
4377<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004378 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004379
4380<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4381<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004382 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4383 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4384 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004385
4386<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004387<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004388 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4389 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4390 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4391 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004392
4393<h5>Example:</h5>
4394<pre>
4395 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4396 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4397</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004398
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004399</div>
4400
4401<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4402<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer2eadb532007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004403 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004404</div>
4405<div class="doc_text">
4406
4407<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4408<pre>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004409 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004410</pre>
4411
4412<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004413<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004414 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004415
4416<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004417<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4418 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4419 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4420 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4421 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004422
4423<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004424<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
4425 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4426 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4427 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004428
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004429<h5>Example:</h5>
4430<pre>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004431 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner5b95a172007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004432 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greiff50fd572009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004433 %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004434</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004435
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004436</div>
4437
4438<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4439<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004440 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004441</div>
4442<div class="doc_text">
4443
4444<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4445<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004446 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004447</pre>
4448
4449<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004450<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004451 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4452 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004453
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004454<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004455<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4456 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4457 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4458 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4459 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004460
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004461<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004462<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004463 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4464 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4465 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004466
Chris Lattner70de6632001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004467<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004468<pre>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004469 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner5b95a172007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004470 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greiff50fd572009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004471 %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004472</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004473
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004474</div>
4475
4476<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4477<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004478 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004479</div>
4480<div class="doc_text">
4481
4482<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4483<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004484 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004485</pre>
4486
4487<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004488<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004489 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004490
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004491<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004492<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004493 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4494 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4495 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4496 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004497
4498<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004499<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004500 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4501 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4502 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004503
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004504<h5>Example:</h5>
4505<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004506 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004507 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004508</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004509
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004510</div>
4511
4512<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4513<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004514 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004515</div>
4516<div class="doc_text">
4517
4518<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4519<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004520 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004521</pre>
4522
4523<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004524<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4525 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004526
4527<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004528<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004529 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4530 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4531 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4532 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004533
4534<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004535<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4536 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4537 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004538
4539<h5>Example:</h5>
4540<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004541 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004542 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004543</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004544
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004545</div>
4546
4547<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4548<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004549 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4550</div>
4551<div class="doc_text">
4552
4553<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4554<pre>
4555 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4556</pre>
4557
4558<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004559<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4560 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004561
4562<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004563<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4564 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4565 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004566
4567<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4568<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004569 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4570 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4571 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4572 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4573 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4574 change.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004575
4576<h5>Example:</h5>
4577<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004578 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4579 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004580</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004581
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004582</div>
4583
4584<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4585<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4586 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4587</div>
4588<div class="doc_text">
4589
4590<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4591<pre>
4592 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4593</pre>
4594
4595<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004596<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4597 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004598
4599<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands16f122e2007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004600<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004601 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4602 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004603
4604<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4605<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004606 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4607 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4608 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4609 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4610 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004611
4612<h5>Example:</h5>
4613<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004614 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
Gabor Greiff50fd572009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004615 %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4616 %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004617</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004618
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004619</div>
4620
4621<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4622<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004623 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004624</div>
4625<div class="doc_text">
4626
4627<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4628<pre>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004629 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004630</pre>
4631
4632<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004633<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004634 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004635
4636<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004637<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4638 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4639 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4640 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4641 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4642 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4643 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4644 size).</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004645
4646<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004647<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004648 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4649 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4650 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4651 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4652 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4653 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004654
4655<h5>Example:</h5>
4656<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004657 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004658 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004659 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner70de6632001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004660</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004661
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004662</div>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004663
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004664<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4665<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004666
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004667<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004668
4669<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4670 defy better classification.</p>
4671
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004672</div>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004673
4674<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4675<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4676</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004677
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004678<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004679
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004680<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004681<pre>
4682 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004683</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004684
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004685<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004686<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4687 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
4688 pointer operands.</p>
4689
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004690<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4691<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004692 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4693 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4694
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004695<ol>
4696 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4697 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4698 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4699 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4700 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
4701 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
4702 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
4703 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
4704 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
4705 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
4706</ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004707
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00004708<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004709 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
4710 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
4711
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004712<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004713<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
4714 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004715 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004716 result, as follows:</p>
4717
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004718<ol>
4719 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004720 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4721 performed.</li>
4722
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004723 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004724 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4725 performed.</li>
4726
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004727 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004728 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4729
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004730 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004731 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4732 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4733
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004734 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004735 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4736
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004737 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004738 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4739
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004740 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004741 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4742
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004743 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004744 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4745 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4746
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004747 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004748 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4749
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004750 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004751 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004752</ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004753
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004754<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004755 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
4756
4757<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
4758 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
4759 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004760
4761<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004762<pre>
4763 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004764 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4765 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4766 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4767 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4768 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004769</pre>
Dan Gohmana5127ab2009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004770
4771<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4772 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4773
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004774</div>
4775
4776<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4777<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4778</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004779
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004780<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004781
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004782<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004783<pre>
4784 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004785</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004786
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004787<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004788<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
4789 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
4790
4791<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004792(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004793
4794<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
4795 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
4796 compared.</p>
4797
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004798<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4799<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004800 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4801 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4802
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004803<ol>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004804 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004805 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
4806 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
4807 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
4808 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
4809 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
4810 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
4811 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
4812 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
4813 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
4814 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
4815 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
4816 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
4817 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
4818 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004819 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004820</ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004821
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004822<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004823 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
4824
4825<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
4826 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
4827 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
4828 identical types.</p>
4829
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004830<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004831<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004832 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
4833 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004834 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004835 follows:</p>
4836
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004837<ol>
4838 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004839
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004840 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004841 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4842
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004843 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004844 <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4845
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004846 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004847 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4848
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004849 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004850 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4851
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004852 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004853 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4854
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004855 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004856 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4857
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004858 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004859
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004860 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004861 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4862
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004863 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004864 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4865
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004866 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004867 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4868
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004869 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004870 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4871
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004872 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004873 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4874
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004875 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004876 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4877
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004878 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004879
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004880 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
4881</ol>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004882
4883<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004884<pre>
4885 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004886 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4887 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4888 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004889</pre>
Dan Gohmana5127ab2009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004890
4891<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4892 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4893
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004894</div>
4895
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004896<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004897<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004898 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
4899</div>
4900
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004901<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004902
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004903<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004904<pre>
4905 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
4906</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004907
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004908<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004909<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
4910 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
4911
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004912<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004913<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
4914 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
4915 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
4916 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
4917 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
4918 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004919
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004920<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
4921 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
4922 block.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004923
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004924<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
4925 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
4926 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
4927 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foad1a4eea52009-06-03 10:20:10 +00004928
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004929<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004930<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004931 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
4932 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004933
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004934<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004935<pre>
4936Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
4937 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
4938 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
4939 br label %Loop
4940</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004941
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004942</div>
4943
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004944<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4945<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4946 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
4947</div>
4948
4949<div class="doc_text">
4950
4951<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004952<pre>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004953 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
4954
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004955 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004956</pre>
4957
4958<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004959<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
4960 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004961
4962
4963<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004964<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
4965 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
4966 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
4967 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
4968 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004969
4970<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004971<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
4972 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004973
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004974<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
4975 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004976
4977<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004978<pre>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004979 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004980</pre>
Dan Gohmana5127ab2009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004981
4982<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
4983 with vector type.</p>
4984
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004985</div>
4986
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00004987<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4988<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004989 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
4990</div>
4991
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004992<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004993
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004994<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004995<pre>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00004996 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004997</pre>
4998
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004999<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005000<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005001
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005002<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005003<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005004
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005005<ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005006 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
5007 any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present,
5008 the function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls
5009 may be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
5010 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.</li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005011
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005012 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
5013 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
5014 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005015
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005016 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
5017 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
5018 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
5019
5020 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
5021 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
5022 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
5023
5024 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
5025 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
5026 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
5027 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
5028
5029 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
5030 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
5031 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
5032 to function value.</li>
5033
5034 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
5035 signature argument types. All arguments must be of
5036 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
5037 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
5038 arguments can be specified.</li>
5039
5040 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
5041 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
5042 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005043</ol>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005044
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005045<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005046<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
5047 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
5048 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
5049 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
5050 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
5051 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005052
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005053<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005054<pre>
Nick Lewyckya9b13d52007-09-08 13:57:50 +00005055 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattnerfb7c88d2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00005056 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
5057 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5058 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5059 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Pateld6cff512008-03-10 20:49:15 +00005060
5061 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005062 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00005063 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
5064 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner6cbe8e92008-10-08 06:26:11 +00005065 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmaneefa7df2008-10-07 10:03:45 +00005066 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005067</pre>
5068
Dale Johannesen68f971b2009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005069<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen722212d2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00005070standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
5071optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
5072something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
5073freestanding environments and non-C-based langauges.</p>
Dale Johannesen68f971b2009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005074
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005075</div>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005076
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005077<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005078<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005079 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005080</div>
5081
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005082<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005083
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005084<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005085<pre>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005086 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005087</pre>
5088
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005089<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005090<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005091 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5092 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005093
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005094<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005095<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5096 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5097 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5098 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005099
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005100<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005101<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5102 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5103 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5104 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005105
5106<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005107 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5108 function.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005109
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005110<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5111 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5112 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005113
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005114<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005115<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5116
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005117<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5118 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5119 any target.</p>
Dan Gohman3065b612009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005120
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005121</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005122
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005123<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005124<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5125<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005126
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005127<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005128
5129<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005130 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5131 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5132 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5133 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5134 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005135
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005136<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005137 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5138 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5139 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5140 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5141 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5142 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5143 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005144
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005145<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5146 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5147 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5148 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5149 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5150 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5151 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5152 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5153 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5154 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005155
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005156<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5157 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5158 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5159 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5160 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5161 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5162 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5163 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5164 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5165 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005166
5167<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005168 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005169
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005170</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005171
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005172<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005173<div class="doc_subsection">
5174 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5175</div>
5176
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005177<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005178
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005179<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5180 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5181 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5182 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005183
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005184<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5185 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5186 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5187 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005188
Chris Lattner30b868d2006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005189<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005190 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5191 used.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005192
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005193<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005194<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005195define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005196 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005197 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005198 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005199 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005200
5201 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005202 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005203
5204 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005205 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005206 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005207 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005208 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005209
5210 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005211 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005212 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005213}
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005214
5215declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5216declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5217declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005218</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005219</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005220
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005221</div>
5222
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005223<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005224<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005225 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005226</div>
5227
5228
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005229<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005230
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005231<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005232<pre>
5233 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5234</pre>
5235
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005236<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005237<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5238 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005239
5240<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005241<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005242
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005243<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005244<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005245 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5246 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5247 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5248 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5249 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5250 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005251
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005252</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005253
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005254<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005255<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005256 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005257</div>
5258
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005259<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005260
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005261<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5262<pre>
5263 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5264</pre>
5265
5266<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005267<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005268 which has been initialized previously
5269 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5270 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005271
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005272<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005273<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005274
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005275<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005276<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005277 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5278 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5279 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5280 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5281 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005282
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005283</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005284
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005285<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005286<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005287 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005288</div>
5289
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005290<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005291
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005292<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005293<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005294 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005295</pre>
5296
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005297<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005298<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005299 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005300
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005301<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005302<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005303 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5304 from.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005305
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005306<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005307<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005308 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5309 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5310 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5311 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5312 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005313
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005314</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005315
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005316<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5317<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005318 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5319</div>
5320
5321<div class="doc_text">
5322
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005323<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005324Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005325intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5326roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5327require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5328barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5329these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5330see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5331LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb55c6d4f2007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005332
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005333<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5334 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb55c6d4f2007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005335
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005336</div>
5337
5338<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5339<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005340 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005341</div>
5342
5343<div class="doc_text">
5344
5345<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005346<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005347 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005348</pre>
5349
5350<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005351<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005352 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005353
5354<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005355<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005356 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5357 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5358 root.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005359
5360<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner851b7712008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005361<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005362 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5363 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5364 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5365 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005366
5367</div>
5368
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005369<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5370<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005371 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005372</div>
5373
5374<div class="doc_text">
5375
5376<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005377<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005378 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005379</pre>
5380
5381<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005382<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005383 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5384 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005385
5386<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf9228072006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005387<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005388 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5389 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5390 null).</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005391
5392<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005393<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005394 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5395 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5396 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5397 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005398
5399</div>
5400
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005401<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5402<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005403 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005404</div>
5405
5406<div class="doc_text">
5407
5408<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005409<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005410 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005411</pre>
5412
5413<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005414<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005415 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5416 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005417
5418<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf9228072006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005419<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005420 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5421 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5422 be null.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005423
5424<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005425<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005426 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5427 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5428 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5429 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005430
5431</div>
5432
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005433<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5434<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005435 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5436</div>
5437
5438<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005439
5440<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5441 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005442
5443</div>
5444
5445<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5446<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005447 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005448</div>
5449
5450<div class="doc_text">
5451
5452<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5453<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005454 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005455</pre>
5456
5457<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005458<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5459 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5460 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005461
5462<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005463<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5464 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5465 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005466
5467<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005468<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5469 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5470 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5471 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5472 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005473
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005474<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5475 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5476 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005477
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005478</div>
5479
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005480<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5481<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005482 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005483</div>
5484
5485<div class="doc_text">
5486
5487<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5488<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005489 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005490</pre>
5491
5492<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005493<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5494 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005495
5496<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005497<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5498 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5499 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005500
5501<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005502<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5503 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5504 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5505 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5506 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005507
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005508<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5509 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5510 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005511
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005512</div>
5513
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005514<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5515<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005516 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005517</div>
5518
5519<div class="doc_text">
5520
5521<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5522<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005523 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005524</pre>
5525
5526<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005527<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5528 of the function stack, for use
5529 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5530 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5531 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005532
5533<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005534<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5535 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5536 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5537 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5538 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5539 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5540 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005541
5542</div>
5543
5544<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5545<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005546 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005547</div>
5548
5549<div class="doc_text">
5550
5551<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5552<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005553 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005554</pre>
5555
5556<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005557<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5558 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5559 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5560 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5561 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005562
5563<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005564<p>See the description
5565 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005566
5567</div>
5568
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005569<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5570<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005571 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005572</div>
5573
5574<div class="doc_text">
5575
5576<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5577<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005578 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005579</pre>
5580
5581<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005582<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5583 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5584 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5585 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005586
5587<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005588<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5589 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5590 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5591 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5592 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005593
5594<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005595<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5596 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5597 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5598 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005599
5600</div>
5601
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005602<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5603<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005604 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005605</div>
5606
5607<div class="doc_text">
5608
5609<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5610<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005611 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005612</pre>
5613
5614<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005615<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5616 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5617 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5618 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5619 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5620 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5621 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5622 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005623
5624<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005625<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005626
5627<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005628<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
5629 not support this intrinisic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005630
5631</div>
5632
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005633<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5634<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005635 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005636</div>
5637
5638<div class="doc_text">
5639
5640<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5641<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005642 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005643</pre>
5644
5645<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005646<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5647 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5648 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5649 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5650 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005651
5652<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005653<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5654 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5655 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5656 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005657
5658</div>
5659
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005660<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5661<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005662 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5663</div>
5664
5665<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005666
5667<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5668 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5669 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5670 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005671
5672</div>
5673
5674<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5675<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005676 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005677</div>
5678
5679<div class="doc_text">
5680
5681<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005682<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
5683 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5684
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005685<pre>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005686 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005687 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005688 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5689 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005690 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005691 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005692 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005693 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005694</pre>
5695
5696<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005697<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5698 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005699
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005700<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
5701 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005702
5703<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005704<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5705 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5706 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5707 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005708
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005709<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5710 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
5711 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005712
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005713<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005714<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5715 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
5716 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
5717 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
5718 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005719
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005720</div>
5721
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005722<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5723<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005724 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005725</div>
5726
5727<div class="doc_text">
5728
5729<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005730<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005731 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5732
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005733<pre>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005734 declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005735 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005736 declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5737 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005738 declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005739 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005740 declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005741 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005742</pre>
5743
5744<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005745<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
5746 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
5747 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
5748 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005749
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005750<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
5751 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005752
5753<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005754<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5755 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5756 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5757 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005758
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005759<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5760 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
5761 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005762
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005763<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005764<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5765 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
5766 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5767 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5768 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005769
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005770</div>
5771
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005772<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5773<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005774 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005775</div>
5776
5777<div class="doc_text">
5778
5779<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005780<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005781 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5782
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005783<pre>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005784 declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005785 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005786 declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
5787 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005788 declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005789 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005790 declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005791 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005792</pre>
5793
5794<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005795<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
5796 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005797
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005798<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
5799 intrinsic does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005800
5801<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005802<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
5803 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
5804 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
5805 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005806
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005807<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5808 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
5809 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005810
5811<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005812<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
5813 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5814 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5815 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005816
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005817</div>
5818
Chris Lattner3b4f4372004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005819<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5820<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005821 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005822</div>
5823
5824<div class="doc_text">
5825
5826<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005827<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
5828 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5829 types however.</p>
5830
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005831<pre>
Dale Johannesendd89d272007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005832 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
5833 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
5834 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5835 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
5836 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005837</pre>
5838
5839<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005840<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
5841 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
5842 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
5843 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
5844 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
5845 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005846
5847<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005848<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5849 type.</p>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005850
5851<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005852<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
5853 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005854
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005855</div>
5856
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005857<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5858<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005859 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005860</div>
5861
5862<div class="doc_text">
5863
5864<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005865<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
5866 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5867 types however.</p>
5868
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005869<pre>
Dale Johannesendd89d272007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005870 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
5871 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
5872 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
5873 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
5874 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005875</pre>
5876
5877<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005878<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5879 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
5880 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
5881 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005882
5883<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005884<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
5885 that power.</p>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005886
5887<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005888<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
5889 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005890
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005891</div>
5892
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005893<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5894<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5895 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5896</div>
5897
5898<div class="doc_text">
5899
5900<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005901<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
5902 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5903 types however.</p>
5904
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005905<pre>
5906 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
5907 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
5908 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5909 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
5910 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5911</pre>
5912
5913<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005914<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005915
5916<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005917<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5918 type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005919
5920<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005921<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
5922 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5923 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005924
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005925</div>
5926
5927<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5928<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5929 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5930</div>
5931
5932<div class="doc_text">
5933
5934<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005935<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
5936 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5937 types however.</p>
5938
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005939<pre>
5940 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
5941 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
5942 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5943 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
5944 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5945</pre>
5946
5947<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005948<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005949
5950<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005951<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5952 type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005953
5954<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005955<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
5956 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5957 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005958
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005959</div>
5960
5961<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5962<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5963 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5964</div>
5965
5966<div class="doc_text">
5967
5968<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005969<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
5970 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5971 types however.</p>
5972
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005973<pre>
5974 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
5975 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
5976 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
5977 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
5978 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
5979</pre>
5980
5981<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005982<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5983 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005984
5985<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005986<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
5987 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005988
5989<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005990<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
5991 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
5992 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005993
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005994</div>
5995
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005996<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5997<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005998 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005999</div>
6000
6001<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006002
6003<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
6004 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006005
6006</div>
6007
6008<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6009<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006010 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006011</div>
6012
6013<div class="doc_text">
6014
6015<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006016<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006017 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
6018
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006019<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006020 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
6021 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
6022 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006023</pre>
6024
6025<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006026<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
6027 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
6028 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
6029 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006030
6031<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006032<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
6033 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
6034 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
6035 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
6036 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
6037 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
6038 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
6039 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006040
6041</div>
6042
6043<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6044<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00006045 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006046</div>
6047
6048<div class="doc_text">
6049
6050<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006051<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006052 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6053
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006054<pre>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006055 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006056 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006057 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006058 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6059 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006060</pre>
6061
6062<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006063<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
6064 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006065
6066<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006067<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6068 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006069
6070<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006071<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006072
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006073</div>
6074
6075<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6076<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006077 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006078</div>
6079
6080<div class="doc_text">
6081
6082<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006083<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6084 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6085
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006086<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006087 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6088 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006089 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006090 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6091 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006092</pre>
6093
6094<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006095<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6096 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006097
6098<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006099<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6100 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006101
6102<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006103<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6104 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6105 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006106
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006107</div>
Chris Lattner3b4f4372004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006108
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006109<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6110<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006111 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006112</div>
6113
6114<div class="doc_text">
6115
6116<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006117<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6118 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6119
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006120<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006121 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6122 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006123 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006124 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6125 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006126</pre>
6127
6128<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006129<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6130 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006131
6132<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006133<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6134 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006135
6136<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006137<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6138 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6139 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006140
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006141</div>
6142
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006143<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6144<div class="doc_subsection">
6145 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6146</div>
6147
6148<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006149
6150<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006151
6152</div>
6153
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006154<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6155<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006156 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006157</div>
6158
6159<div class="doc_text">
6160
6161<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006162<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006163 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006164
6165<pre>
6166 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6167 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6168 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6169</pre>
6170
6171<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006172<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006173 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6174 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006175
6176<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006177<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006178 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6179 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6180 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6181 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006182
6183<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006184<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006185 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6186 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6187 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6188 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006189
6190<h5>Examples:</h5>
6191<pre>
6192 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6193 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6194 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6195 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6196</pre>
6197
6198</div>
6199
6200<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6201<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006202 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006203</div>
6204
6205<div class="doc_text">
6206
6207<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006208<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006209 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006210
6211<pre>
6212 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6213 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6214 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6215</pre>
6216
6217<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006218<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006219 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6220 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006221
6222<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006223<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006224 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6225 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6226 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6227 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006228
6229<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006230<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006231 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6232 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6233 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006234
6235<h5>Examples:</h5>
6236<pre>
6237 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6238 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6239 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6240 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6241</pre>
6242
6243</div>
6244
6245<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6246<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006247 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006248</div>
6249
6250<div class="doc_text">
6251
6252<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006253<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006254 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006255
6256<pre>
6257 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6258 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6259 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6260</pre>
6261
6262<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006263<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006264 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6265 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006266
6267<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006268<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006269 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6270 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6271 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6272 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006273
6274<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006275<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006276 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6277 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6278 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6279 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006280
6281<h5>Examples:</h5>
6282<pre>
6283 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6284 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6285 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6286 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6287</pre>
6288
6289</div>
6290
6291<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6292<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006293 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006294</div>
6295
6296<div class="doc_text">
6297
6298<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006299<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006300 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006301
6302<pre>
6303 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6304 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6305 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6306</pre>
6307
6308<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006309<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006310 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6311 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006312
6313<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006314<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006315 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6316 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6317 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6318 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006319
6320<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006321<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006322 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6323 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6324 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6325 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006326
6327<h5>Examples:</h5>
6328<pre>
6329 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6330 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6331 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6332 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6333</pre>
6334
6335</div>
6336
6337<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6338<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006339 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006340</div>
6341
6342<div class="doc_text">
6343
6344<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006345<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006346 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006347
6348<pre>
6349 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6350 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6351 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6352</pre>
6353
6354<h5>Overview:</h5>
6355
6356<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006357 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6358 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006359
6360<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006361<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006362 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6363 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6364 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6365 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006366
6367<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006368<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006369 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6370 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6371 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6372 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006373
6374<h5>Examples:</h5>
6375<pre>
6376 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6377 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6378 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6379 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6380</pre>
6381
Reid Spencer5bf54c82007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006382</div>
6383
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006384<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6385<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6386 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6387</div>
6388
6389<div class="doc_text">
6390
6391<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006392<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006393 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006394
6395<pre>
6396 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6397 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6398 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6399</pre>
6400
6401<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006402<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006403 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6404 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006405
6406<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006407<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006408 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6409 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6410 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6411 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006412
6413<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006414<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006415 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6416 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6417 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6418 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006419
6420<h5>Examples:</h5>
6421<pre>
6422 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6423 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6424 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6425 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6426</pre>
6427
6428</div>
6429
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006430<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6431<div class="doc_subsection">
6432 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6433</div>
6434
6435<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006436
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006437<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6438 prefix), are described in
6439 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6440 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6441
6442</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006443
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006444<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6445<div class="doc_subsection">
6446 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6447</div>
6448
6449<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006450
6451<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6452 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6453 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6454 Handling</a> document.</p>
6455
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006456</div>
6457
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006458<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6459<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006460 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006461</div>
6462
6463<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006464
6465<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
6466 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
6467 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6468 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6469 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6470 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6471 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6472
6473<p>For example, if the function is
6474 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6475 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6476 follows:</p>
6477
6478<div class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006479<pre>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006480 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6481 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
6482 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
6483 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006484</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006485</div>
6486
6487<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
6488 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
6489
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006490</div>
6491
6492<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6493<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6494 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6495</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006496
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006497<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006498
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006499<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6500<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006501 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006502</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006503
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006504<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006505<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6506 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6507
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006508<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006509<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6510 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6511 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6512 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6513 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6514 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6515 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6516 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6517
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006518<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006519<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6520 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6521 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6522 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6523 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6524 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6525 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6526 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6527 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6528 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6529 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6530 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6531
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006532</div>
6533
6534<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6535<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006536 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6537</div>
6538
6539<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006540
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006541<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6542 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6543 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6544 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6545 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6546 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6547 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6548 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6549 synchronization IR.</p>
6550
6551<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6552 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6553 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6554 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6555 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6556 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6557 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6558
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006559</div>
6560
6561<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6562<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6563 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6564</div>
6565<div class="doc_text">
6566<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6567<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006568 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006569</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006570
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006571<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006572<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
6573 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
6574
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006575<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006576<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
6577 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
6578 fith argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
6579 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006580
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006581<ul>
6582 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
6583 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
6584 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
6585 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
6586 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
6587</ul>
6588
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006589<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006590<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
6591 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
6592 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
6593 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
6594 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
6595 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
6596 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
6597 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006598
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006599<ul>
6600 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
6601 after the barrier begins.</li>
6602 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
6603 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6604 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6605 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6606 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6607 load after the barrier begins.</li>
6608</ul>
6609
6610<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
6611 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
6612
6613<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
6614 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
6615 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
6616 noops.</p>
6617
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006618<h5>Example:</h5>
6619<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006620%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6621%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006622 store i32 4, %ptr
6623
6624%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6625 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
6626 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
6627 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
6628</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006629
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006630</div>
6631
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006632<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6633<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006634 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006635</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006636
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006637<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006638
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006639<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006640<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
6641 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6642 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006643
6644<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006645 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6646 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6647 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6648 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006649</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006650
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006651<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006652<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
6653 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
6654
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006655<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006656<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
6657 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
6658 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
6659 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
6660 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006661
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006662<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006663<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
6664 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
6665 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
6666 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
6667 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
6668 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006669
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006670<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006671<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006672%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6673%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006674 store i32 4, %ptr
6675
6676%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006677%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006678 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6679%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6680%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6681
6682%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006683%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006684 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6685%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
6686
6687%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
6688</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006689
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006690</div>
6691
6692<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6693<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6694 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6695</div>
6696<div class="doc_text">
6697<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6698
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006699<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
6700 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6701
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006702<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006703 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6704 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6705 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6706 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006707</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006708
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006709<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006710<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
6711 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
6712 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6713
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006714<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006715<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
6716 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
6717 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
6718 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
6719 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006720
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006721<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006722<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
6723 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
6724 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006725
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006726<h5>Examples:</h5>
6727<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006728%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6729%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006730 store i32 4, %ptr
6731
6732%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006733%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006734 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6735%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6736%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6737
6738%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006739%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006740 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6741
6742%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
6743%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
6744</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006745
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006746</div>
6747
6748<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6749<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006750 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006751
6752</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006753
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006754<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006755
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006756<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006757<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
6758 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6759
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006760<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006761 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6762 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6763 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6764 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006765</pre>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006766
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006767<h5>Overview:</h5>
6768<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
6769 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6770
6771<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6772<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6773 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6774 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6775 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6776
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006777<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006778<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6779 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
6780 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006781
6782<h5>Examples:</h5>
6783<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006784%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6785%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6786 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006787%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006788 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006789%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006790 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006791%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006792 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006793%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006794</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006795
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006796</div>
6797
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006798<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6799<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6800 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6801
6802</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006803
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006804<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006805
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006806<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006807<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
6808 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6809 support all bit widths however.</p>
6810
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006811<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006812 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6813 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6814 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6815 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006816</pre>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006817
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006818<h5>Overview:</h5>
6819<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
6820 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6821
6822<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6823<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6824 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6825 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6826 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6827
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006828<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006829<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6830 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
6831 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
6832 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006833
6834<h5>Examples:</h5>
6835<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006836%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6837%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6838 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006839%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006840 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006841%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006842 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006843%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006844 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
6845%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
6846</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006847
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006848</div>
6849
6850<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6851<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6852 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6853 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6854 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6855 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006856</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006857
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006858<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006859
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006860<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006861<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
6862 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
6863 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
6864 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6865 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006866
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006867<pre>
6868 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6869 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6870 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6871 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006872</pre>
6873
6874<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006875 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6876 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6877 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6878 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006879</pre>
6880
6881<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006882 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6883 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6884 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6885 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006886</pre>
6887
6888<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006889 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6890 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6891 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6892 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006893</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006894
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006895<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006896<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
6897 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
6898 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006899
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006900<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6901<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6902 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6903 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6904 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6905
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006906<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006907<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6908 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
6909 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
6910 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006911
6912<h5>Examples:</h5>
6913<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006914%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6915%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6916 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006917%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006918 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006919%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006920 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006921%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006922 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006923%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006924 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
6925%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
6926</pre>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006927
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006928</div>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006929
6930<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6931<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6932 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6933 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6934 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6935 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006936</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006937
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006938<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006939
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006940<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006941<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
6942 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
6943 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
6944 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006945
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006946<pre>
6947 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6948 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6949 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6950 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006951</pre>
6952
6953<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006954 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6955 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6956 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6957 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006958</pre>
6959
6960<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006961 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6962 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6963 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6964 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006965</pre>
6966
6967<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006968 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6969 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6970 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6971 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006972</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006973
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006974<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006975<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
6976 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
6977 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006978
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006979<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6980<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6981 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6982 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6983 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6984
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006985<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006986<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6987 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
6988 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
6989 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006990
6991<h5>Examples:</h5>
6992<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006993%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6994%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6995 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006996%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006997 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006998%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006999 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007000%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007001 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007002%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007003 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
7004%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
7005</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007006
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007007</div>
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007008
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007009
7010<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7011<div class="doc_subsection">
7012 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
7013</div>
7014
7015<div class="doc_text">
7016
7017<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
7018 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
7019
7020</div>
7021
7022<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7023<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7024 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7025</div>
7026
7027<div class="doc_text">
7028
7029<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7030<pre>
7031 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7032</pre>
7033
7034<h5>Overview:</h5>
7035<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
7036 object's lifetime.</p>
7037
7038<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky9bc89042009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007039<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7040 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7041 the object.</p>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007042
7043<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7044<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
7045 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewyckyd20fd592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00007046 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
7047 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007048 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
7049
7050</div>
7051
7052<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7053<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7054 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7055</div>
7056
7057<div class="doc_text">
7058
7059<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7060<pre>
7061 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7062</pre>
7063
7064<h5>Overview:</h5>
7065<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
7066 object's lifetime.</p>
7067
7068<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky9bc89042009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007069<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7070 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7071 the object.</p>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007072
7073<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7074<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
7075 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
7076 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7077 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7078
7079</div>
7080
7081<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7082<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7083 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7084</div>
7085
7086<div class="doc_text">
7087
7088<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7089<pre>
7090 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;) readonly
7091</pre>
7092
7093<h5>Overview:</h5>
7094<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7095 a memory object will not change.</p>
7096
7097<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky9bc89042009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007098<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7099 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7100 the object.</p>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007101
7102<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7103<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7104 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7105 unchanging.</p>
7106
7107</div>
7108
7109<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7110<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7111 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7112</div>
7113
7114<div class="doc_text">
7115
7116<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7117<pre>
7118 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7119</pre>
7120
7121<h5>Overview:</h5>
7122<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7123 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7124
7125<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7126<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky9bc89042009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007127 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7128 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7129 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007130
7131<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7132<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7133
7134</div>
7135
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007136<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7137<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007138 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7139</div>
7140
7141<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007142
7143<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7144 purpose.</p>
7145
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007146</div>
7147
7148<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7149<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7150 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7151</div>
7152
7153<div class="doc_text">
7154
7155<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7156<pre>
Tanya Lattnerbed1d4d2007-06-18 23:42:37 +00007157 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007158</pre>
7159
7160<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007161<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007162
7163<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007164<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7165 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7166 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007167
7168<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007169<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7170 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7171 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7172 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007173
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007174</div>
7175
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007176<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7177<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattner0186a652007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007178 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007179</div>
7180
7181<div class="doc_text">
7182
7183<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007184<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7185 any integer bit width.</p>
7186
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007187<pre>
Tanya Lattnercf3e26f2007-09-22 00:03:01 +00007188 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7189 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7190 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7191 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7192 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007193</pre>
7194
7195<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007196<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007197
7198<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007199<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7200 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7201 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7202 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007203
7204<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007205<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7206 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7207 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7208 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007209
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007210</div>
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007211
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007212<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7213<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7214 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7215</div>
7216
7217<div class="doc_text">
7218
7219<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7220<pre>
7221 declare void @llvm.trap()
7222</pre>
7223
7224<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007225<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007226
7227<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007228<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007229
7230<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007231<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7232 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7233 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007234
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007235</div>
7236
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007237<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7238<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukman50de2b22008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007239 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007240</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007241
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007242<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007243
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007244<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7245<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007246 declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007247</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007248
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007249<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007250<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7251 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7252 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7253
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007254<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007255<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7256 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7257 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7258 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7259
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007260<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007261<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7262 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7263 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7264 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
7265 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
7266 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7267 function.</p>
7268
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007269</div>
7270
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007271<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007272<hr>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007273<address>
7274 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman86242e12008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007275 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007276 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman86242e12008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007277 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007278
7279 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencerca058542006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007280 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007281 Last modified: $Date$
7282</address>
Chris Lattnerb8f816e2008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007283
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007284</body>
7285</html>